See in Reader
Merge pull request 'Jane's edits to Matthew' (#3075) from justplainjane47-tc-create-1 into master
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3075
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
commit
cf6aec2ec1
514
tn_MAT.tsv
514
tn_MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
3:7 fjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:7 c4cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:7 h7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3:8 s8ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:8 s8ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who loves God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:9 anyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:9 s4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:9 k843 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
4:1 wy4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:2 cft7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:2 cuu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 Matthew uses **40 days and 40 nights** to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stopping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
4:3 oyws rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
4:3 oyws rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
4:3 c1ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
4:4 fd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:4 sph9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, an Old Testament book written by Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
6:26 a9w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
6:26 nbm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:27 cm6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, **you**is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:27 fr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:27 fr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:27 ivmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:27 kub4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 A **cubit** is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
6:28 erj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
7:3 q1z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν 1 A **log** is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the trunk or branch of a tree. Here, **log** is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:3 xdcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 A **log** cannot fit into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
7:4 k58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:6 wohg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων 1 Here, to **give the holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:6 wohg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων 1 Here, to **give the holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:6 xy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Real **pearls** are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small shellfish that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
7:7 ut6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here, **Ask**, **Seek**, and **Knock** all have a similar meaning: praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will provide it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
7:7 tv49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -657,17 +657,17 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
11:7 d4lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τούτων δὲ πορευομένων 1 Here, the word **these** refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:7 ysq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:7 ydn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:7 w269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed shaking in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:7 w269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed shaking in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:8 n5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:8 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν 1 Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
11:9 gm97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:9 gm97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:9 fb75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see someone much more important than a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:10 fi5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:11 z5yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 The phrase those **born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:11 r9ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
11:11 r9ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
11:11 cag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:12 mb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”.
|
||||
|
|
@ -679,35 +679,35 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:16 l7km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus' audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus' audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
11:17 d916 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:18 qe7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:18 qe7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:18 p4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
11:19 dsak rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
11:19 gs6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος & οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 The proverb, **wisdom has been justified by her children**, is figurative. Here, **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the lives of the people to whom John and I minister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgment against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 See how you translated **Tyre and Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:22 ibpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ ὑμῖν 1 The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:23 vpz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
11:23 h8e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
11:23 fj7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ & Σοδόμοις 1 Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:23 nddz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 See how you translated **Sodom** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -731,24 +731,24 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
11:29 i3qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
|
||||
12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the **heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat that bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** rather than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather that you would be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds”
|
||||
12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:8 nca0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees' synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -756,55 +756,55 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative, meaning “very many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed very many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
12:17 mcd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:17 mcd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one whom I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:18 s6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:18 jh8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:19 gj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:19 jr87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick or a small flame. If it would be helpful in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he will not extinguish a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:22 nba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # General Information:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
12:22 e1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought to him one who was demon-possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:22 e1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought to him one who was demon-possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:22 k2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
12:23 h8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:24 p1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
12:25 ckth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew their thoughts, so he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:25 i1sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
12:25 g9ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία 1 Here, the words **kingdom** and **city** refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, whose members would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:25 rvzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:25 rvzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 The second use of the word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges”
|
||||
12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry, because they thought he was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:30 ek1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:31 t280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
12:31 ezx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:31 ezx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:31 kqx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βλασφημία & ἡ δὲ & βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks … but when one blasphemes against the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:32 gwx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, the word **word** is refers to what someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:32 h79z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:32 z3ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person … God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:32 h79z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:32 z3ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person … God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:32 lw5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time in which we now live, nor in eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:33 bi8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. A person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. You can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
12:33 kl16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καλὸν & σαπρὸν 1 The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:33 nx9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:33 nx9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:34 r1uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes which can harm and kill people. The Pharisees were compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “You who behave like dangerous snakes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:34 e7x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evilly the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being evil, you are certainly not able to say good things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:34 i7c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -812,12 +812,12 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
12:35 r3uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people’s behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as **treasure**. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
12:36 t2pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
12:36 ay18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:37 qw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:38 ikg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:37 qw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:38 ikg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:39 d8b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus is speaking to the people in the third person though they are right in front of him. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:39 a5di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him, just as a person is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:39 j21p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of Jonah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
12:39 c6hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give them no sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:39 c6hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give them no sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:40 vh9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας -1 The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
12:40 hzem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως 1 Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells that the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish because he disobeyed God. After he repented three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:40 iuv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -836,15 +836,15 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
12:42 q8q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:42 t521 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than is Solomon. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgment with this generation and will judge it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
12:42 aj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come to hear it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:42 uf5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person πλεῖον 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:42 uf5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person πλεῖον 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:43 tnea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables δὲ 1 In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through [12:45](../12/45.md). Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
12:43 f5jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “desert areas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:44 ty9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dwelling place I left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:44 cd4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that someone emptied it, swept it out and put it in order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:44 cd4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that someone emptied it, swept it out and put it in order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:44 s6jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 Here, the phrase **empty, having been swept out and put in order** is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and vacated, so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them, so the demon returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “empty, cleaned, and organized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:47 qd32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside, seeking to speak to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
12:48 e535 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:49 rxe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
12:49 rxe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
12:50 e25c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅστις & ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 The word **For** here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one who obeys my Father in the heavens to be my brother, my sister, or my mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
12:50 mq9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
12:50 s0yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -852,18 +852,18 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
13:intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nThis chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metaphor\n\nSpeakers often use examples of things that we can see or touch to communicate abstract ideas. Jesus spoke of birds eating newly sown seed to describe how Satan keeps people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that something happened to a person without indicating who caused the thing to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables are short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)).
|
||||
13:1 vx5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 This introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that same day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
13:1 cy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house. He was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
13:2 d16z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Large crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:2 d0v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
13:2 d16z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Large crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:2 d0v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
13:3 o5f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 Jesus begins telling the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
13:3 f5mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
13:4 qr2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds and animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path did not get hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path, where they were unprotected from scavengers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:4 qr2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds and animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path did not get hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path, where they were unprotected from scavengers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:5,7-8 ql87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 In these verses, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If it would be helpful in your language, see how it is modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:6 pz44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος 1 The phrase **the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest point in the sky and was hottest. If it would be helpful in your language, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:6 qq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:7 k69q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:7 vt8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to some readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than did the crops that the sower planted, and so the weeds did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:7 vt8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to some readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than did the crops that the sower planted, and so the weeds did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:8 iwv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:8 e91e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, starting a new sentence: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:8 e91e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, starting a new sentence: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:9 q2e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 See the note in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:9 gkv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
13:11 fc5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given that understanding to those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
13:19 uo3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:19 a8nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were like a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God’s message is spoken of as if it **had been sown** in a person’s **heart**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God’s message from their heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:19 sb7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:19 r9u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:19 r9u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:19 xi8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **heart** is referring to the mind of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:19 wfd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is sown on the hard surface alongside the road. The seed is referring to God’s message. The road is referring to the persons **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 See how you translated this in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
13:22 gn6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents not obeying what God wants them to do. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not do what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:23 xw4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the **good soil**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:23 ptb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ 1 Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God, giving fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:23 wm3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:23 wm3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:23 i4t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα 1 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “one hundred times … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:24 l5yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, 1 To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells another story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
13:24 xkov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here the term **set before them** means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
13:24 u21k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces the desired crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed that produces useful crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:25 q4tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζιζάνια 1 Here, **darnel** is a plant that looks like food, but the grain that it produces in poisonous. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
13:27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 The **landowner** is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
|
||||
13:27 gr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:27 gr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:27 fb86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας 1 The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
|
||||
13:28 num8 θέλεις οὖν 1 The word **we** refers to the servants.
|
||||
|
|
@ -938,9 +938,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
13:32 g6v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γίνεται δένδρον 1 Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:33 z94k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 In this passage, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with **yeast**. Jesus is saying that, just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
13:33 w8sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:33 xc9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 Bakers use **yeast** to act upon the bread dough, causing it to swell due to a chemical reaction that produces air bubbles. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread dough swell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
13:33 xc9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 Bakers use **yeast** to act upon the bread dough, causing it to swell due to a chemical reaction that produces air bubbles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread dough swell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
13:33 r88g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
13:34 nt7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things to the crowds in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
13:34 nt7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things to the crowds in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
13:34 n54e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 The phrase **All these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:34 a5c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
13:35 ybq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
13:35 yx6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:35 th8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
13:36 pq2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
13:37 xj4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person, as modelled by UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
13:37 xj4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the first person, as modelled by UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
13:38 h9iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας & οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:38 eni3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:40 rn64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen when God judges the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers when he judges the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
13:45 c633 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 The author is implying here that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:45 znbs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of God** with **fine pearls**. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly, as expressed in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
13:45 auj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:45 khy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and takes it elsewhere to sell it to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
13:45 khy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and takes it elsewhere to sell it to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
13:45 b88q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a creature that lives at the bottom of the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
13:47 vw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 # General Information\n\n\nJesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
13:47 s2dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo 0 Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in [13:49](../13/49.md), so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -994,420 +994,420 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
13:54 q3ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:54 b3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:55 rk5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:55 rpj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who builds with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
13:55 rpj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who builds with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
13:55 qspg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** to mean Jospeh, Jesus’ earthly father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:56 m9pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:56 bnv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:56 bnv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:56 pqf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:57 f5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:57 azn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
13:57 azn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
13:57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 See how you translated **hometown** in [4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||||
13:57 w4x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:58 e2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
14:intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nVerses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that thing to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:2 pd1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
14:2 nx7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:2 vve7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** as if they were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
14:2 nx7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:2 vve7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** as if they were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
14:3-12 zgp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
14:3 zsvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod’s brother’s wife, John was arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
14:3 d3gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then threw him and prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
14:3 h466 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Jesus is using the term **Herod** to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and throw him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:3 lr92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 **Philip** was Herod’s brother, and the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
14:3 d3gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
14:3 h466 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Jesus is using the term **Herod** to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:3 lr92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 **Philip** was the name of a man who was Herod’s brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
14:4 n1t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
14:6 fvs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:6 vdik rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου 1 In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were celebrating Herod’s birthday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
14:8 rhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:8 ruy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πίνακι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what the word **platter** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large plate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
14:6 vdik rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου 1 In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And as they were celebrating Herod’s birthday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
14:8 rhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now she, because her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:8 ruy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πίνακι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what the word **platter** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large serving plate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
14:9 s8zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:9 j6nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that the soldiers give to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:11 nd5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:11 nd5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:11 pba6 πίνακι 1 See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md).
|
||||
14:12 mq89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The apprentices came to Jesus to tell him what happened to John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:13 id97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to a desert place by himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
14:12 mq89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The disciples came to Jesus to tell him what happened to John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:13 id97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to an empty place by himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
14:13 ia39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:13 ipm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning that they walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “walking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
14:13 ipm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning that they walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation, with a preceding comma: “walking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
14:15 otp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 This phrase means it was late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
14:16 r5gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
14:17 ih48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πέντε ἄρτους 1 If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
14:17 ih48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πέντε ἄρτους 1 If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “since we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
14:19 i34u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
14:19 bf1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
14:19 bf1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
14:19 t7ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
14:20 l2h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:20 l2h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: until they felt satisfied" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:21 als7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἄνδρες & πεντακισχίλιοι 1 Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
14:22 yp8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 Matthew is providing background information for the next story about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was making the disciples to get into the boat to the other side before him while he was sending away the crowds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
14:24 vzd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea, and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
14:25 pmw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what **fourth watch** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
14:22 yp8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 Matthew is providing background information for the next story, about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the disciples get into the boat and precede him to the other side while he was sending away the crowds (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
14:24 vzd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
14:25 pmw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what **fourth watch** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
14:26 h7df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
14:30 sk3j βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became afraid because he became aware of the wind and the large waves that it caused. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was strong, and was causing large waves”
|
||||
14:31 ia1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter doubting that Jesus could help him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:30 sk3j βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 Here, **seeing the strong wind** means he observed the turbulent effect the powerful gusts had on the water. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the strong wind was causing large waves”
|
||||
14:31 ia1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter not trusting that Jesus could keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:31 cr9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:33 u8pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
14:34 cv3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:34 cv3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:34 x9nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 **Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
14:35 xd7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
14:36 mw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The “traditions of the elders”\n\nThe “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Jews and Gentiles\n\nThe Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nThe Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:35 xd7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
14:36 mw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation, preceded by a comma: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “traditions of the elders”\n\nThe “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Jews and Gentiles\n\nThe Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nThe Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep require someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where predatory animals can easily kill and eat them . (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:1 q6af rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
15:2 j1b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elders!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:2 yn6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous people created” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
15:2 gfn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:2 yn6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous leaders created” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
15:2 gfn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not follow the ritual of washing their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:3 ia1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:4 srz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
15:5 ql75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δῶρον 1 It might be necessary in your language to say who the gift is for. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:5 ql75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δῶρον 1 It might be necessary in your language to say for whom the gift is intended. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:5 l8t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother ‘Whatever might have been helpful from me is a gift’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
15:6 q3kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:6 znt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have made void the God’s commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:6 znt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have voided God’s commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:7 t4fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ὑποκριταί 1 Jesus calls them **hypocrites** in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
15:7 n4ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
15:8 qw69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 Isaiah, whom Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** to mean when someone is speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:8 bz91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns με & ἐμοῦ 1 Here, the words **me** are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
15:8 wuw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & καρδία 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a person’s inner thoughts or desires. Alternate translation: “desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:8 q7vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **far from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:7 n4ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
15:8 qw69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 Isaiah, whom Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** to mean the spoken word. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” or “This people honors me with their words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:8 bz91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns με & ἐμοῦ 1 Here, both uses of the word **me** are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
15:8 wuw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & καρδία 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a person’s inner thoughts or desires. Alternate translation: “desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:8 q7vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **far away from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:8 hr29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
15:9 vvb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
15:11 s28y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean what a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles them, but what a person says, this is what defiles them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:12 l2uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι & ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:13 n5ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, or judges them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:9 vvb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as things which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
15:11 s28y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean that which a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles him, but what a person says, this is what defiles him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:12 l2uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι & ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:13 n5ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, judging them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:13 j49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
15:13 hs4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:14 r167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
15:14 ai9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God because they themselves do not know how to obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. But if the blind lead the blind along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:14 ai9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God, because they themselves do not know how to obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like sightless guides. But if the sightless guide leads the sightless person along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:15 shg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
15:16 al9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:17 l5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that go into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:17 s9z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where you bury your bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
15:17 l5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that goes into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:17 s9z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where people bury bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
15:18 ca1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:18 jt6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:18 jt6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:20 bme7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
15:21 e5gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
15:21 t81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:22 x1wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from the region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
15:22 xs64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
15:22 x1wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman, having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from their region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
15:22 xs64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
15:22 j6rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:23 hd2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he did not respond to her cries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:23 hd2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond at all to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he kept silent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:24 t9ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:24 wfnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
15:24 u9t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:25 u3jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **bowing down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
15:25 u3jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **bowed down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
15:26 ihz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
15:26 a5bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:27 yvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:26 a5bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nourishment" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:27 yvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are wasting. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse.
|
||||
15:28 tea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:28 n229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:28 wwq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:29 np6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
15:30 c8td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
15:30 c8td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
15:30 yf7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:30 gy3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
15:31 be52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς 1 See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
15:33 uhi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
15:34 k86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑπτά 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “seven loaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
15:34 k86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑπτά 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation, with following comma deleted: “We have seven loaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
15:36 a9s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
15:38 z66m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
15:39 m8dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yeast\n\nJesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background information\n\nMatthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
|
||||
16:intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Yeast\n\nJesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Background information\n\nMatthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so that Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
|
||||
16:1 t7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πειράζοντες 1 Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:4 jl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:4 fhx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:4 d9eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 2 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:4 d9eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 2 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
|
||||
16:5 ii6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 0 Jesus is using the word translated **and** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
16:5 si9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
16:5 ii6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 0 Jesus is using the word translated **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
16:5 si9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the opposite shore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
16:6 hfz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate it as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in [16:12](../16/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:8 mg8s ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
16:8 zz4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:9 h5bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:8 zz4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:9 h5bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:9 ux51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τῶν πεντακισχιλίων 1 Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
16:10 ejm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:10 ejm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:10 b11x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
16:11 mb2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:11 mb2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I was not speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:11 i7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:12 f73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συνῆκαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
16:13 e5cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
16:12 f73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συνῆκαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples realized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
16:13 e5cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
16:13 e1jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:16 n5wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
16:16 r1h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as if he is alive. This is to contrast God as the only true God with the other gods who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:17 yh0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father who is in heaven, you are blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
16:17 le6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 The word **Bar** is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “the son of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
16:17 g8s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
16:17 dfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 Jesus is using **flesh and blood** to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
16:17 wix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous phrase about Jesus being “the Christ, the Son of the living God”. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
16:17 v5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
16:16 r1h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as being alive. This is to contrast God, the only true God, with the other gods, who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:17 yh0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
16:17 le6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 The word **Bar** is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon, the son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
16:17 g8s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
16:17 dfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 Jesus is using **flesh and blood** to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” or "people" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
16:17 wix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse about Jesus being “the Christ, the Son of the living God.” It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
16:17 v5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
16:17 gi3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
16:18 z897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Here, Jesus uses the imagery of **Peter** as a **rock**. The name **Peter** means **rock**. It might be helpful to state this explicitly in your language to make this imagery and wordplay clear to your readers. See how this is demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:18 x43d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase **this rock** could represent: (1) Peter himself. Alternate translation: “upon this rock, which is you” or (2) the truth that Peter had just said in [16:16](../16/16.md). Alternate translation: “upon what you have said, which is like a foundation of rock” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:18 vu9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is using the term **Hades** to mean death. He is using the term **gate** to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:19 ysk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δώσω σοι 1 Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
16:19 pp5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν; καὶ 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **keys** to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:19 k09j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰς κλεῖδας 1 Here, **keys** are things used to open a door or gate so that people are able to enter or exit a place. They can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened and the people inside cannot get out. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
16:19 pp5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν; καὶ 1 Here Jesus is using the term **keys** to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse as describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:19 k09j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰς κλεῖδας 1 Here, **keys** are things used to unlock a door or gate so that people can enter or exit a place. And **keys** can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened, and people cannot go through it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
16:19 kc3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:19 ef9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth, it will be forbidden in heaven. And whatever you allow on the earth, it will be allowed in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:19 dy4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς -1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the heavens** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:21 yile rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, everything that Jesus predicts will happen to him, that he is **to go to Jerusalem**, **to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes**, **to be killed**, **to be raised on the third day** will happen one after another. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed and afterwards to be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
16:19 ef9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth will be forbidden in heaven, and whatever you allow on the earth will be allowed in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:19 dy4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς -1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the heavens** to mean by God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:21 yile rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, everything that Jesus says will happen to him: that he is **to go to Jerusalem**, **to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes**, **to be killed**, **to be raised on the third day**, will happen as he said. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed, and afterwards, to be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
16:21 es1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, **to be raised** is an idiom that means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:21 r5hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise me on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:21 jjx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
16:22 guz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἵλεώς σοι 1 **Merciful to you** is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:23 f28i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus calls Peter **Satan**. This is because he is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a **stumbling block**, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:24 t0zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun εἴ τις θέλει 1 The word **anyone** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
16:21 jjx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
16:22 guz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἵλεώς σοι 1 **Merciful to you** is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:23 f28i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus calls Peter **Satan**. This is because Peter is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a **stumbling block**, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:24 t0zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun εἴ τις θέλει 1 The word **anyone** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “If a person wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
16:24 ck1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 Here, **to come after me** is an idiom that means to be Jesus’ disciple. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:24 pg9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he must be willing to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:25 tp9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
16:25 y9kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here, **lose** it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
16:24 pg9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:25 tp9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For any person who desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
16:25 y9kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here, **lose** it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
16:25 xz98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Here, **find it** means to obtain life with God forever. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not profit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:26 g0xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Jesus is using the phrase a man here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
16:26 q7x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 The phrase the whole world is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
16:26 eck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:27 iyu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει 1 Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:27 vk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
16:28 k2d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
16:28 wq13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 The phrase taste death is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:28 p1d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
16:28 wq13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means to experience death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:28 p1d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
16:28 b2pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **coming in his kingdom** to mean when Jesus will come to rule over his people forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming to rule over his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:28 etk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
17:intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Elijah\n\nThe Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
|
||||
17:1 u6dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 The phrase translated **And six days later** indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
17:intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Elijah\n\nThe Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
|
||||
17:1 u6dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 The phrase translated **And six days later** indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
17:2 kq4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:2 uxg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **before them** is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
17:2 i1mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:4 r41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 By **us**, Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
17:2 i1mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:4 r41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 By **us** Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
17:4 d231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
17:5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) That the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked peoples view of them” (2) The cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them”
|
||||
17:5 kc8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) that the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked people's view of them” (2) the cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them”
|
||||
17:5 kc8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean sounds from God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
|
||||
17:6 a87e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the 3 disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
17:7 iw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
17:6 a87e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the three disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
17:7 iw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
17:8 i9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
17:12 a4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternative translation: "I, the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
17:12 a4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … the religious leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
17:12 i74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
17:13 cskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
17:15 ufb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someones body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
17:17 lyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄπιστος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
17:17 su3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:18 i8kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the boy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someone's body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
17:17 lyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄπιστος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
17:17 su3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:18 i8kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus caused the boy to be healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:18 h2gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
17:19 pz9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples, but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
17:19 sz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus threw out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
17:20 uy78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:19 pz9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
17:19 sz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
17:20 uy78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:20 x48i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
17:22 r2cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
17:22 jzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
17:22 jzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
17:22 ff8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:22 mmk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 The word **hands** here is a metonym expression possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:22 mmk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 The word **hands** here is a metonym expressing possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that those men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:23 hl6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται 1 Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
17:23 b6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
17:23 fni4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring him back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
17:23 b6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
17:23 fni4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring Jesus back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
17:23 fjac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:24 jli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
17:24 b953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people payed to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one day’s wage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
17:24 jli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
17:24 b953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days' wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
17:25 yp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:26 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
17:27 uhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp object used to catch fish, to the end of a line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that you catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:27 t9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
17:27 uhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp curved object used to catch fish, to the end of a fishing line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that people catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:27 t9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
17:27 km3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?\n\nJesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
18:1 f7zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, **At that hour** is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?\n\nJesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as though he had been judged to be guilty. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
18:1 f7zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, **At that hour** is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Right then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:1 pp31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:3 fs1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “If you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
18:3 fs1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “if you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
18:3 h9w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples will only enter the kingdom of God if they become like children. Alternate translation: “suppose that you do not turn and become like little children. Then you will never enter the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
18:3 ewj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child, who does not care about being the greatest but obey Jesus, they would not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:3 ewj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child who does not care about being the greatest but obeys Jesus, they will not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:3 ch9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:4 ta7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a **little child**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:4 ta7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a **little child**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, he who becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:4 rw2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὅστις 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “if a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
18:4 gf8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:5 v4a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
18:5 i9ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **little child** is referring to the people who acts like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:5 v4a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
18:5 i9ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **little child** is referring to the people who act like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:5 dz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean “because he is my disciple.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:6 ghp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that a person might put a millstone around his neck and he might sink into the depths of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:6 dxd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The word **stumble** usually refers to someone tripping over an object. Here, **stumble** is used to refer to someone who sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stop believing in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:6 w3uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύλος 1 A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
18:6 dxd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The word **stumble** usually refers to someone tripping over an object. Here, **stumble** is used to refer to someone who sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stop believing in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:6 w3uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύλος 1 A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you could use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
18:7 ees6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Jesus is using the term **world** to mean the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:7 y7vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 A **stumbling block** is something that causes people to trip and fall. Here, it is referring to people who cause others to sin. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who cause others to sin … people who cause others to sin … to the person who causes other people to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:8 vad7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Jesus says **Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
18:8 rios rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκανδαλίζει 1 Here, **stumble** means to cause to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:8 gqi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:8 rios rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκανδαλίζει 1 Here, **stumble** means to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:8 gqi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking individually to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:8 pc4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here, Jesus says **life** to refer to eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life with God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:8 lhk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:9 xad4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Jesus says **And if your eye causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
18:9 xruf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus speaks of an **eye** as if it were able to cause a person to stumble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you see things with your eyes that cause you to stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
18:9 xruf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus speaks of an **eye** as if it were able to cause a person **to stumble**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if your eye lets you see things that cause you to stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
18:9 q7tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 See how you translated **stumble** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:9 eii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:9 eii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular although Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:9 m8as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 See how you translated **life** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:9 r1ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:10 qnc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 Here, **See** is an idiom that means “be sure that”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be sure that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:10 qnc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 **See** is an idiom that here means “be sure that.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be sure that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:10 e9uf ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 See how you translated **little ones** in [18:6](../18/06.md).
|
||||
18:10 geci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ καταφρονήσητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “you would treat well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
18:10 xdl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:10 y6n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **always look on the face of my Father** is an idiom that means that they are in his presence. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:10 y6n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **always look on the face of my Father** is an idiom that means that they are in his presence continually. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:10 iq8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
18:12 idl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to get the people's attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:12 h1vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τινι ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The phrase **a certain man** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
18:12 t5h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly leave the 99 on the hillside and seek the one wandering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:14 kcy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people are wandering from him and are brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not wanted any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:14 kcy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people is wandering from him and is brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not want any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:14 usa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν 1 Here, **your** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:14 fmm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
18:14 kyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:15 kpe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Here the term **brother** specifically means fellow believers that are like brothers in a family. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
18:15 uyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if a fellow believer sins against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer sins against you. Then you should go to him and reprove him between just you and him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
18:15 yh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain the importance of reconciling fellow believers. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he listens to you.The. you have gained your brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
18:16 i25x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Here, **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:16 oea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if someone who sins against you does not listen to you when you tell them that they are sinning. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they do not listen. Then you should bring one or two other people with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
18:15 uyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if a fellow believer sins against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose a fellow believer sins against you. Then you should go to reprove him privately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
18:15 yh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain the importance of reconciling fellow believers. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he listens to you. Then you have gained your brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
18:16 i25x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Here, **mouth** and **word** both refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:16 oea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if someone who sins against you does not listen to you when you tell them that they sinned against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they do not listen. Then you should bring one or two other people with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
18:16 xv1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:16 kbrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “In order that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every accusation might stand, bring one or two people with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
18:17 g3aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 Translate the hypothetical phrases **if he refuses to listen to them, speak to the church** and **if he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector** the way that you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
18:17 kx28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the person who does not listen to a Gentile and a tax collector. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state what this means explicitly. Alternate translation: “treat them like a Gentile or a tax collector who is not a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:18 so62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 See how you translated the words **bind** and **loosed** in [16:19](../16/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:19 cal4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Here, Jesus implies not just **two**, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If two or more of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:19 fqu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my father will do it for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:17 kx28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the person who does not listen with a Gentile and a tax collector. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this means explicitly. Alternate translation: “treat them as you would treat a Gentile or a tax collector who is not a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:18 so62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 See how you translated the words **bind** and **release** in [16:19](../16/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:19 cal4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Here, Jesus implies that he means not only **two**, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if two or more of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:19 fqu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father will do it for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:19 gs8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
18:19 i6zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:20 l7vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:21 c9ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the first phrase describes the reason for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother because he sinned against me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
18:21 e973 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 Here the term **brother** specifically means another disciple of Jesus. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
18:22 gtfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
18:22 b19x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. Jesus is using this number to mean a number so high that one cannot count. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can use a very large number used for exaggeration in your language. Or you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more times than you can count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:22 gtfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. \nAlternate translation: "I tell you that the number of times you must forgive someone is not just up to seven. Rather, you must forgive him seventy-seven times." (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
18:22 b19x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. Jesus is using this number to mean a number so high that one cannot count. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a very large number used for exaggeration in your language, or you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more times than you can count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:23 rqp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to** introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
18:23 bp72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 Here, to **settle accounts** means to look at how much each of **his slaves** owes him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to figure out how much his debtors owed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:24 d6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone brought one of the debtors to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:24 w3nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 A **talent** was worth about a days wage. **10,000 talents** would have been an extremely large amount of money. Jesus used this large amount on purpose to show that it was an unpayable amount of debt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an unpayable amount of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
18:24 d6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone brought him a large debtor to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:24 w3nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 A **talent** was worth about a days wage, so **10,000 talents** would have been an extremely large amount of money. Jesus used this large amount on purpose to show that it was an unpayable amount of debt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who owed an unpayable amount of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
18:25 nmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:26 thl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 In their culture, **bowing down** was a sign of honoring someone of more importance than you. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
18:26 pbcc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
18:26 pbcc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
18:27 mer0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **forgave him his debt** is an idiom that means the slave no longer had to pay the debt that he owed the king. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made it so that the slave did not have to pay his debt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:28 zyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 day's wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
18:28 zyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 days' wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
18:29 i21c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
18:29 kk6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 See how you translated **Have patience** in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
18:30 t8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 Here, **he threw him into prison** is an idiom that means that he put him in prison. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him into prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:30 t8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 Here, **he threw him into prison** is an idiom that means that he put him in prison. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:31 w9n2 οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “the other slaves”
|
||||
18:31 nx9k διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “they told the king”
|
||||
18:32 txr7 τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”
|
||||
18:33 jw37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 The king uses a question to scold the first servant. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:33 jw37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 The king uses a question to scold the first slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:34 big9 ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “the king”
|
||||
18:34 e95u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his slaves to give him over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:34 e95u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “ordered his slaves to give the wicked slave over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”
|
||||
18:34 e14m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:34 e14m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the wicked slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:35 pm1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
18:35 q8p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν 1 All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:35 c4fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:35 mzn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nJesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([1:12](../mat/01/12.md)).
|
||||
19:intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nJesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([1:12](../mat/01/12.md)).
|
||||
19:1 nj6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMatthew uses this verse to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
19:1 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 The phrase translated **when Jesus had finished these words** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
19:1 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 The phrase translated **when Jesus had finished these words** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
19:1 c5j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν & τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:4 ncb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have certainly read that the one having made them from the beginning made them male and female” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:5 n8zn ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 Here, Jesus quotes quotes from [Genesis 2:23](../gen/02/23.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
19:5 n8zn ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 Here, Jesus quotes a quotation from [Genesis 2:23](../gen/02/23.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
19:5 xc7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:5 q71w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that on account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
19:5 af1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will come together with his wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:5 a45k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **he will be joined to his wife** is an idiom that could mean (1) a sexual union. Alternate translation: “he will have sexual union with his wife” (2) associated closely with his wife. Alternate translation: “he will live with his wife”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:5 a45k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **he will be joined to his wife** is an idiom that could mean (1) a sexual union. Alternate translation: “he will have sexual union with his wife” (2) he will be associated closely with his wife. Alternate translation: “he will live with his wife” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:5 m83j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 Here, two people, a man and woman, are spoken of as if they can become one person. They do not actually become one person, but are so close to each other that it Is as if they are one person. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will become like one flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:5 vs06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σάρκα 1 Jesus is using the term **flesh** to mean body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:6 m4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:6 gex5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σὰρξ 1 See how you translated **flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:6 ahoc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “a person” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
19:7 tv3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 Moses did not tell the people to divorce their wives, but he gave the men a way to do it if they desired. This might be confusing to your readers, as it might sound like Moses it telling the people to divorce their wives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why did Moses permit us to give a certificate of divorce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
19:7 tv3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 Moses did not tell the people to divorce their wives, but he gave the men a way to do it if they insisted. This might be confusing to your readers, as it might sound like Moses is telling the people to divorce their wives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why did Moses permit us to give a certificate of divorce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
19:7 xml9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 A **certificate of divorce** is a document that legally ends a marriage. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
19:8 j6tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι Μωϋσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Moses permitted you to send away your wives because of your hardness of heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
19:8 zu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:8 mgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Jesus is using the phrase **from the beginning** to mean when God created man and woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when God created man and woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:8 zu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means stubbornness. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are so stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:8 mgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Jesus is using the phrase **from the beginning** to mean when God created man and woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when God created man and woman,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:9 eq8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
19:9 i1u0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶταιμὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only if someone divorces his wife because she was sexually immoral does he not commit adultery when he marries another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
19:9 yl3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
19:9 yl3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
19:9 ps45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
19:11 h3a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἷς δέδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones to whom God has given it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:12 m1r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there are eunuchs who men made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:12 g4bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have **made themselves eunuchs** by removing their private parts, as represented in the UST. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. Alternate translation: “eunuchs who remain unmarried” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
19:12 r78n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in order to serve God who rules as king from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:13 wjb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nMatthew is using the word translated **then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
19:13 wu52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Some people brought little children to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:12 m1r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there are eunuchs whom men made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:12 g4bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have **made themselves eunuchs** by removing their sexual organs, as represented in the UST. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. Alternate translation: “eunuchs who remain unmarried” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
19:12 r78n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in order to serve God, who rules as king from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:13 wjb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nMatthew is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
19:13 wu52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:14 m219 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate the double negative **do not forbid**. Alternate translation: “allow them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
19:14 kifm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 The phrases **Permit the little children** and **do not forbid** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “You should allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
19:14 kifm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 The phrases **Permit the little children** and **do not forbid** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “You should allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
19:14 l1bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:17 sce3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the young man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not ask me about what is good!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:17 d4sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 When Jesus says **One is good**, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God alone is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
19:17 d7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here, **enter into life** is an idiom that means to gain eternal life. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:21 zic9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
19:17 d7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here, **to enter into life** is an idiom that means to gain eternal life. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:21 zic9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
19:21 e4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to the reward of living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
19:21 ndjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀκολούθει 1 Jesus is using the term **follow** to mean “become one of my disciples”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:22 ql5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many belongings, so he went away very sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
19:23 vh98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πλούσιος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are rich” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
19:21 ndjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀκολούθει 1 Jesus is using the term **follow me** to mean “be one of my disciples.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:22 ql5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many possessions, so he went away being grieved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
19:23 vh98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πλούσιος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are rich” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
19:23 ean2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:24 c8l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Jesus says **it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it would be easier for a large object to pass through a very small hole than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
19:24 dip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 Here, **eye of a needle** is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sowing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a very small hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
19:24 c8l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Jesus says **it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it would be easier for a large object to pass through a very small hole than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
19:24 dip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 Here, **eye of a needle** is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sewing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
19:25 x1at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Who then will God save” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:26 s7ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
19:26 s7ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
19:26 zsp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
19:27 yp3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 Peter is using the adjective **everything** as a noun to mean all of their possessions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything which belongs to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
19:28 j89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the renewal** to mean the time when God will recreate the world without any sin in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time when God recreates the world with no sin in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:27 yp3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 Peter is using the adjective **everything** as a noun to mean all of their possessions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything which belongs to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
19:28 j89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the renewal** to mean the time when God will recreate the world without any sin in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time when God recreates the world with no sin in it,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:28 gey2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
19:28 sx2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **throne** to mean when he is going to rule as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rules over the world as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:28 rx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 See how you translated **throne** in the previous note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:28 rx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 See how you translated "throne" in the previous note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:28 ci3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 Jesus is using the term **tribes** to mean the people who belong to those tribes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:29 gq8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 Jesus is using the term **name** to mean his entire person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:29 z8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 Here, to **inherit eternal life** is an idiom that means that God will allow them to live forever with him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live forever with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:30 u8p3 πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι & ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the terms **first** and **last** to mean peoples importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:30 hnm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But many first will be last, and many last will be first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
20:intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard\n\nJesus tells this parable ([20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
|
||||
19:30 u8p3 πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι & ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the terms **first** and **last** to mean people's importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:30 hnm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But many whom the world considers most important will be last, and many whom the world considers least important will be first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
20:intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard\n\nJesus tells this parable ([20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
|
||||
20:1 q9qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated a similar introduction to a parable in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
20:2 iwk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν 1 A **denarius** was a coin equivalent to a day's wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day's wage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
20:2 iwk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν 1 A **denarius** was a coin equal to a day's wage for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day's wage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
20:3 s8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τρίτην ὥραν 1 Here, **the third hour** is about 9 o'clock in the morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 9 o'clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:3 bki1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “3rd hour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
20:3 q3b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 A **marketplace** is a place were people go to buy food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where people go to buy food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:3 bki1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “at hour three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
20:3 q3b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 A **marketplace** is an outdoor area were people buy and sell food and other goods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where people go to buy food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:5 j3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people standing in the marketplace. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The people who were standing in the marketplace went to the vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:5 pip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 The **sixth** hour is around noon. The **ninth** hour is around three in the afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about noon and three in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:8 wq8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **manager** is referring to a worker who told the other workers what to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his manager, who was in charge of the workers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:8 x6iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων 1 Here, **last** and **first** are referring to the **workers**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having begun from the workers who came last to the workers who came first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:8 x6iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων 1 Here, **last** and **first** are referring to the **workers**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having begun from the workers who came last and then paying the workers who came first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:9 gpkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 See how you translated **denarius** in [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
20:10 d2bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 See how you translated **denarius** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
20:12 vy87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 Here, **the ones having borne the burden** is an idiom that means those who did the most work. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having done the most work for the day in the intense heat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:13 qbu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers who are grumbling against him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:15 h3uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is surely lawful for me to do what I desire with my money!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:15 dus3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eyes is certainly evil because I am good!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:15 dus3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eye is certainly evil because I am good!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 See how you translated a similar verse in [19:30](../19/30.md).
|
||||
20:16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
|
||||
20:17 b6ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβαίνων & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** was on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going up the hill to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:17 b6ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβαίνων & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** is on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going up the hill to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:18 nf34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 Jesus is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
20:18 b2f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:18 rbl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:18 rbl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man … me" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:18 s8uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
20:19 rjq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:19 a9k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαστιγῶσαι 1 Here, to **flog** is to whip someone as a form of torture. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
20:19 pn84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three says later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
20:19 c6q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:19 a9k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαστιγῶσαι 1 Here, to **flog** is to whip someone as a form of torture. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
20:19 pn84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
20:19 c6q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:19 kr7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:20 sx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
20:20 sx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
20:21 gvrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὲ 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please tell me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
20:21 b8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 Jesus is using the phrases **at your right hand** and **at your left hand** to mean places of power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in places of power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:21 b8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 Jesus is using the phrases **at your right hand** and **at your left hand** to mean places of power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “holding in places of power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:21 i9n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean when Jesus rules as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you rule as a king over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:22 gx17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 **You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
20:22 i8nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δύνασθε 1 Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
20:22 f9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 Here, **to drink the cup that I am about to drink** is an idiom that means to suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to suffer in the way that I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:22 d4rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the son of Zebedee. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:22 rrl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **we**, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
20:22 f9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 Here, **to drink the cup that I am about to drink** is an idiom that means to suffer as Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to suffer in the way that I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:22 d4rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to the son of Zebedee. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:22 rrl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **We**, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
20:23 m4d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 Here, **My cup you will drink** is an idiom that means they will suffer in the same way that Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will suffer just as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:23 aq1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δεξιῶν & εὐωνύμων 1 See how you translated this in [20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:23 mu7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
20:23 sj51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to the ones that God, my Father, prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:23 x5f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
20:24 la38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν 1 The other 10 disciples were angry at the two disciples because they also wanted to be the most powerful when Jesus ruled as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two because they likewise wanted to be the most important people when Jesus would rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:24 la38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν 1 The other ten disciples were angry at the two disciples because they also wanted to be most powerful when Jesus ruled as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two because they likewise wanted to be the most important people when Jesus would rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:26 y4qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Jesus is comparing what the rulers of the world do with what the disciples should do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
20:27 j3ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἶναι πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean people who think they are most important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to be most important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
20:27 u8ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the term **servant** to mean a person who takes the humblest position among the christian community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will serve all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:28 m27d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:27 j3ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἶναι πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean people who think they are most important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to be most important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
20:27 u8ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the term **servant** to mean a person who takes the humblest position among the Christian community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will serve all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:28 m27d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man … my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:28 iz71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did not come for people to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:28 c7r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
20:28 c7r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
20:28 fmr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
20:28 zh3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:28 zh3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from themselves taking the punishment for their own sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:28 zv1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **to give his life** is an idiom that means to die. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:29 ev2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:30 t577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 The blind men are using the term **Son** to mean descendent. This is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendent of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:33 yb39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Κύριε, ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν.\n 1 Here, the word **open** means to cause them to see. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord, that we might see with our eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:33 xdgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we desire that our eyes might be opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
20:29 ev2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were proceeding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:30 t577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 The blind men are using the term **Son** to mean Descendent. This is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendent of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:33 yb39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Κύριε, ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν.\n 1 Here, the word **opened** means made able to see. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord, that we might see with our eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:33 xdgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we desire that our eyes might be opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
20:34 q9iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 See ULT change
|
||||
21:intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))\n\n### Hosanna\n\nThis is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”\n\nNo one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
|
||||
21:1 f8fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ὅτε 1 Matthew is using the word translated **when** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue